Sema.h revision ac71351acdefc9de0c770c1d717e621ac9e684bf
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 48#include <deque> 49#include <string> 50 51namespace llvm { 52 class APSInt; 53 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 54 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 55 class SmallBitVector; 56} 57 58namespace clang { 59 class ADLResult; 60 class ASTConsumer; 61 class ASTContext; 62 class ASTMutationListener; 63 class ASTReader; 64 class ASTWriter; 65 class ArrayType; 66 class AttributeList; 67 class BlockDecl; 68 class CXXBasePath; 69 class CXXBasePaths; 70 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 71 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 72 class CXXConstructorDecl; 73 class CXXConversionDecl; 74 class CXXDestructorDecl; 75 class CXXFieldCollector; 76 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 77 class CXXMethodDecl; 78 class CXXScopeSpec; 79 class CXXTemporary; 80 class CXXTryStmt; 81 class CallExpr; 82 class ClassTemplateDecl; 83 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 84 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 85 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 86 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 87 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 88 class CodeCompletionResult; 89 class Decl; 90 class DeclAccessPair; 91 class DeclContext; 92 class DeclRefExpr; 93 class DeclaratorDecl; 94 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 95 class DependentDiagnostic; 96 class DesignatedInitExpr; 97 class Designation; 98 class EnumConstantDecl; 99 class Expr; 100 class ExtVectorType; 101 class ExternalSemaSource; 102 class FormatAttr; 103 class FriendDecl; 104 class FunctionDecl; 105 class FunctionProtoType; 106 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 107 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 108 class InitListExpr; 109 class InitializationKind; 110 class InitializationSequence; 111 class InitializedEntity; 112 class IntegerLiteral; 113 class LabelStmt; 114 class LambdaExpr; 115 class LangOptions; 116 class LocalInstantiationScope; 117 class LookupResult; 118 class MacroInfo; 119 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 120 class NamedDecl; 121 class NonNullAttr; 122 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 123 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 124 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 125 class ObjCContainerDecl; 126 class ObjCImplDecl; 127 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 128 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 129 class ObjCIvarDecl; 130 template <class T> class ObjCList; 131 class ObjCMessageExpr; 132 class ObjCMethodDecl; 133 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 134 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 135 class OverloadCandidateSet; 136 class OverloadExpr; 137 class ParenListExpr; 138 class ParmVarDecl; 139 class Preprocessor; 140 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 141 class PseudoObjectExpr; 142 class QualType; 143 class StandardConversionSequence; 144 class Stmt; 145 class StringLiteral; 146 class SwitchStmt; 147 class TargetAttributesSema; 148 class TemplateArgument; 149 class TemplateArgumentList; 150 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 151 class TemplateDecl; 152 class TemplateParameterList; 153 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 154 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 155 class Token; 156 class TypeAliasDecl; 157 class TypedefDecl; 158 class TypedefNameDecl; 159 class TypeLoc; 160 class UnqualifiedId; 161 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 162 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 163 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 164 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 165 class UsingDecl; 166 class UsingShadowDecl; 167 class ValueDecl; 168 class VarDecl; 169 class VisibilityAttr; 170 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 171 class IndirectFieldDecl; 172 173namespace sema { 174 class AccessedEntity; 175 class BlockScopeInfo; 176 class CapturingScopeInfo; 177 class CompoundScopeInfo; 178 class DelayedDiagnostic; 179 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 180 class FunctionScopeInfo; 181 class LambdaScopeInfo; 182 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 183 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 184} 185 186// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 187// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 188typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 189 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 190 191/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 192class Sema { 193 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 194 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 195 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 196 197 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 198 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 199 200 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 201 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 202 203public: 204 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 205 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 206 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 207 208 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 209 FPOptions FPFeatures; 210 211 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 212 Preprocessor &PP; 213 ASTContext &Context; 214 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 215 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 216 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 217 218 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 219 bool CollectStats; 220 221 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 222 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 223 224 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 225 DeclContext *CurContext; 226 227 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 228 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 229 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 230 231 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 232 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 233 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 234 235 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 236 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 237 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 238 239 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 240 241 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 242 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 243 244 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 245 /// 246 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 247 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 248 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 249 250 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 251 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 252 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 253 254 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 255 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 256 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 257 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 258 259 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 260 261 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 262 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 263 /// 264 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 265 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 266 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 267 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 268 269 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 270 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 271 ExtVectorDeclsType; 272 273 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 274 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 275 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 276 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 277 278 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 279 /// definitions being hidden. 280 /// 281 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 282 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 283 284 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 285 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 286 287 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 288 289 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 290 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 291 292 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 293 294 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 295 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 296 /// same list more than once. 297 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 298 299 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 300 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 301 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 302 303 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 304 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 305 /// 306 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 307 /// scoped, e.g., 308 /// 309 /// \code 310 /// void f() { 311 /// void foo(int, int); 312 /// } 313 /// \endcode 314 /// 315 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 316 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 317 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 318 /// 319 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 320 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 321 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 322 /// compatibility. 323 /// 324 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 325 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 326 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 327 /// not visible. 328 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 329 330 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 331 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 332 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 333 334 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 335 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 336 TentativeDefinitionsType; 337 338 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 339 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 340 341 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 342 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 343 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 344 345 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 346 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 347 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 348 349 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 350 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 351 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 352 353 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 354 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 355 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 356 357 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 358 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 359 /// exception spec. 360 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 361 362 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 363 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 364 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 365 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 366 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 367 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 368 369 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 370 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 371 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 372 void *OpaqueParser; 373 374 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 375 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 376 OpaqueParser = P; 377 } 378 379 class DelayedDiagnostics; 380 381 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 382 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 383 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 384 }; 385 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 386 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 387 388 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 389 /// during parsing and other processing. 390 class DelayedDiagnostics { 391 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 392 /// diagnostics should go. 393 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 394 395 public: 396 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 397 398 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 399 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 400 401 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 402 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 403 404 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 405 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 406 return CurPool; 407 } 408 409 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 410 /// collected in this pool. 411 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 412 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 413 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 414 CurPool = &pool; 415 return state; 416 } 417 418 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 419 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 420 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 421 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 422 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 423 } 424 425 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 426 /// not delayed. 427 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 428 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 429 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 430 CurPool = 0; 431 return state; 432 } 433 434 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 435 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 436 assert(CurPool == NULL); 437 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 438 } 439 } DelayedDiagnostics; 440 441 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 442 class ContextRAII { 443 private: 444 Sema &S; 445 DeclContext *SavedContext; 446 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 447 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 448 449 public: 450 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 451 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 452 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 453 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 454 { 455 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 456 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 457 } 458 459 void pop() { 460 if (!SavedContext) return; 461 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 462 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 463 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 464 SavedContext = 0; 465 } 466 467 ~ContextRAII() { 468 pop(); 469 } 470 }; 471 472 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 473 /// a function body. 474 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 475 Sema &S; 476 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 477 478 public: 479 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 480 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 481 { 482 S.PushFunctionScope(); 483 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 484 } 485 486 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 487 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 488 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 489 } 490 }; 491 492 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 493 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 494 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 495 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 496 497 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 498 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 499 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 500 /// in the currently selected standard. 501 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 502 503 504 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 505 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 506 507 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 508 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 509 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 510 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 511 /// It would be best to refactor this. 512 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 513 514 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 515 516 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 517 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 518 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 519 Scope *TUScope; 520 521 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 522 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 523 524 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 525 /// standard library. 526 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 527 528 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 529 /// \<initializer_list>. 530 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 531 532 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 533 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 534 535 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 536 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 537 538 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 539 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 540 541 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 542 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 543 544 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 545 QualType NSNumberPointer; 546 547 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 548 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 549 550 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 551 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 552 553 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 554 QualType NSStringPointer; 555 556 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 557 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 558 559 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 560 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 561 562 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 563 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 564 565 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 566 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 567 568 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 569 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 570 571 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 572 QualType QIDNSCopying; 573 574 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 575 /// have been declared. 576 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 577 578 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 579 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 580 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 581 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 582 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 583 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 584 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 585 /// run time. 586 Unevaluated, 587 588 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 589 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 590 /// cases in a switch statment). 591 ConstantEvaluated, 592 593 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 594 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 595 /// expression at run time. 596 PotentiallyEvaluated, 597 598 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 599 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 600 /// in fact the current expression is used. 601 /// 602 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 603 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 604 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 605 /// until the default argument is used. 606 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 607 }; 608 609 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 610 /// expression evaluation contexts. 611 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 612 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 613 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 614 615 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 616 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 617 618 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 619 bool IsDecltype; 620 621 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 622 /// this expression evaluation context. 623 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 624 625 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 626 627 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 628 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 629 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 630 631 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 632 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 633 /// default function argument. 634 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 635 636 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 637 /// within this context. 638 /// 639 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 640 /// do not have lambda expressions. 641 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 642 643 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 644 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 645 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 646 647 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 648 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 649 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 650 651 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 652 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 653 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 654 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 655 bool IsDecltype) 656 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 657 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 658 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 659 660 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 661 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 662 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 663 if (!LambdaMangle) 664 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 665 return *LambdaMangle; 666 } 667 }; 668 669 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 670 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 671 672 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 673 /// function. 674 /// 675 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 676 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 677 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 678 public: 679 enum Kind { 680 NoMemberOrDeleted, 681 Ambiguous, 682 Success 683 }; 684 685 private: 686 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 687 688 public: 689 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 690 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 691 {} 692 693 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 694 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 695 696 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 697 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 698 }; 699 700 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 701 /// for C++ records. 702 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 703 704 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 705 /// 706 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 707 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 708 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 709 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 710 /// checks. 711 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 712 713 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 714 715 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 716 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 717 718 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 719 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 720 721 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 722 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 723 /// 724 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 725 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 726 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 727 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 728 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 729 730 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 731 // argument locations. 732 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 733 734 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 735 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 736 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 737 738 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 739 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 740 741 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 742 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 743 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 744 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 745 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 746 747 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 748 /// of -Wselector. 749 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 750 751 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 752 enum CXXSpecialMember { 753 CXXDefaultConstructor, 754 CXXCopyConstructor, 755 CXXMoveConstructor, 756 CXXCopyAssignment, 757 CXXMoveAssignment, 758 CXXDestructor, 759 CXXInvalid 760 }; 761 762 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 763 764 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 765 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 766 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 767 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 768 769 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 770 771 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 772 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 773 774 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 775 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 776 /// should not be used elsewhere. 777 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 778 779 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 780 /// statements. 781 class FPContractStateRAII { 782 public: 783 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 784 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 785 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 786 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 787 } 788 private: 789 Sema& S; 790 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 791 }; 792 793public: 794 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 795 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 796 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 797 ~Sema(); 798 799 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 800 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 801 void Initialize(); 802 803 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 804 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 805 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 806 807 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 808 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 809 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 810 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 811 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 812 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 813 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 814 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 815 816 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 817 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 818 /// 819 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 820 /// 821 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 822 823 void PrintStats() const; 824 825 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 826 /// template instantiation stacks. 827 /// 828 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 829 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 830 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 831 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 832 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 833 /// well. 834 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 835 Sema &SemaRef; 836 unsigned DiagID; 837 838 public: 839 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 840 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 841 842 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 843 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 844 if (!isActive()) return; 845 846 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 847 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 848 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 849 // 850 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 851 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 852 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 853 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 854 // eliminate that code. 855 FlushCounts(); 856 Clear(); 857 858 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 859 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 860 } 861 }; 862 863 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 864 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 865 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 866 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 867 } 868 869 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 870 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 871 872 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 873 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 874 875 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 876 877 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 878 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 879 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 880 881 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 882 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 883 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 884 885 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 886 887 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 888 889 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 890 891 void PushFunctionScope(); 892 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 893 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 894 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 895 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 896 897 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 898 return FunctionScopes.back(); 899 } 900 901 void PushCompoundScope(); 902 void PopCompoundScope(); 903 904 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 905 906 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 907 908 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 909 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 910 911 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 912 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 913 914 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 915 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 916 917 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 918 919 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 920 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 921 // 922 923 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 924 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 925 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 926 } 927 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 928 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 929 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 930 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 931 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 932 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 933 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 934 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 935 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 936 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 937 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 938 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 939 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 940 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 941 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 942 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 943 SourceLocation Loc, 944 DeclarationName Entity); 945 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 946 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 947 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 948 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 949 950 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 951 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 952 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 953 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 954 955 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 956 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 957 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 958 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 959 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 960 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 961 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 962 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 963 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 964 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 965 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 966 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 967 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 968 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 969 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 970 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 971 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 972 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 973 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 974 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 975 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 976 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 977 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 978 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 979 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 980 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 981 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 982 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 983 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 984 985 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 986 987 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 988 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 989 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 990 991 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 992 struct TypeDiagnoser { 993 bool Suppressed; 994 995 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 996 997 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 998 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 999 }; 1000 1001 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1002 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1003 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1004 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1005 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1006 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1007 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1008 return II; 1009 } 1010 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1011 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1012 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1013 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1014 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1015 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1016 1017 template<typename T1> 1018 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1019 unsigned DiagID; 1020 const T1 &Arg1; 1021 1022 public: 1023 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1024 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1025 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1026 if (Suppressed) return; 1027 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1028 } 1029 1030 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1031 }; 1032 1033 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1034 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1035 unsigned DiagID; 1036 const T1 &Arg1; 1037 const T2 &Arg2; 1038 1039 public: 1040 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1041 const T2 &Arg2) 1042 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1043 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1044 1045 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1046 if (Suppressed) return; 1047 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1048 } 1049 1050 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1051 }; 1052 1053 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1054 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1055 unsigned DiagID; 1056 const T1 &Arg1; 1057 const T2 &Arg2; 1058 const T3 &Arg3; 1059 1060 public: 1061 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1062 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1063 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1064 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1065 1066 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1067 if (Suppressed) return; 1068 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1069 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1070 } 1071 1072 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1073 }; 1074 1075 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1076 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1077 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1078 unsigned DiagID); 1079 1080 template<typename T1> 1081 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1082 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1083 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1084 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1085 } 1086 1087 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1088 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1089 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1090 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1091 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1092 } 1093 1094 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1095 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1096 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1097 const T3 &Arg3) { 1098 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1099 Arg3); 1100 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1101 } 1102 1103 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1104 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1105 1106 template<typename T1> 1107 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1108 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1109 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1110 } 1111 1112 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1113 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1114 const T2 &Arg2) { 1115 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1116 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1117 } 1118 1119 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1120 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1121 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1122 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1123 Arg3); 1124 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1125 } 1126 1127 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1128 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1129 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1130 1131 template<typename T1> 1132 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1133 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1134 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1135 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1136 } 1137 1138 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1139 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1140 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1141 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1142 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1143 } 1144 1145 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1146 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1147 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1148 const T3 &Arg3) { 1149 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1150 Arg3); 1151 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1152 } 1153 1154 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1155 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1156 1157 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1158 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1159 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1160 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1161 SourceLocation Loc); 1162 1163 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1164 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1165 // 1166 1167 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1168 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1169 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1170 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1171 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1172 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1173 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1174 /// such as: 1175 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1176 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1177 1178 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1179 1180 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1181 1182 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1183 1184 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1185 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1186 bool isClassName = false, 1187 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1188 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1189 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1190 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1191 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1192 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1193 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1194 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1195 SourceLocation IILoc, 1196 Scope *S, 1197 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1198 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1199 1200 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1201 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1202 enum NameClassificationKind { 1203 NC_Unknown, 1204 NC_Error, 1205 NC_Keyword, 1206 NC_Type, 1207 NC_Expression, 1208 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1209 NC_TypeTemplate, 1210 NC_FunctionTemplate 1211 }; 1212 1213 class NameClassification { 1214 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1215 ExprResult Expr; 1216 TemplateName Template; 1217 ParsedType Type; 1218 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1219 1220 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1221 1222 public: 1223 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1224 1225 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1226 1227 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1228 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1229 1230 static NameClassification Error() { 1231 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1232 } 1233 1234 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1235 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1236 } 1237 1238 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1239 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1240 } 1241 1242 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1243 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1244 Result.Template = Name; 1245 return Result; 1246 } 1247 1248 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1249 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1250 Result.Template = Name; 1251 return Result; 1252 } 1253 1254 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1255 1256 ParsedType getType() const { 1257 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1258 return Type; 1259 } 1260 1261 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1262 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1263 return Expr; 1264 } 1265 1266 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1267 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1268 return Template; 1269 } 1270 1271 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1272 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1273 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1274 } 1275 }; 1276 1277 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1278 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1279 /// 1280 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1281 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1282 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1283 /// 1284 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1285 /// 1286 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1287 /// 1288 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1289 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1290 /// 1291 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1292 /// 1293 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1294 /// disambiguate the name. 1295 /// 1296 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1297 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1298 /// expression. 1299 /// 1300 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1301 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1302 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1303 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1304 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1305 const Token &NextToken, 1306 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1307 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1308 1309 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1310 1311 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1312 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1313 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1314 const LookupResult &Previous, 1315 Scope *S); 1316 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1317 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1318 DeclarationName Name, 1319 SourceLocation Loc); 1320 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1321 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1322 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1323 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1324 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1325 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1326 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1327 LookupResult &Previous); 1328 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1329 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1330 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1331 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1332 LookupResult &Previous, 1333 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1334 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1335 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1336 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1337 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1338 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1339 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1340 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1341 LookupResult &Previous, 1342 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1343 bool &AddToScope); 1344 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1345 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1346 1347 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1348 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1349 1350 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1351 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1352 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1353 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1354 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1355 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1356 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1357 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1358 SourceLocation Loc, 1359 QualType T); 1360 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1361 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1362 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1363 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1364 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1365 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1366 Expr *defarg); 1367 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1368 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1369 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1370 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1371 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1372 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1373 1374 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1375 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1376 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1377 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1378 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1379 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1380 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1381 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1382 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1383 Decl **Group, 1384 unsigned NumDecls); 1385 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1386 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1387 1388 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1389 /// documentation comments. 1390 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1391 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1392 1393 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1394 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1395 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1396 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1397 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1398 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1399 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1400 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1401 } 1402 1403 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1404 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1405 /// code for that function. 1406 /// 1407 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1408 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1409 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1410 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1411 1412 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1413 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1414 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1415 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1416 1417 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1418 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1419 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1420 1421 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1422 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1423 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1424 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1425 1426 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1427 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1428 /// specified threshold. 1429 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1430 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1431 QualType ReturnTy, 1432 NamedDecl *D); 1433 1434 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1435 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1436 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1437 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1438 1439 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1440 /// 1441 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1442 /// 1443 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1444 /// 1445 /// \param Path The module access path. 1446 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1447 ModuleIdPath Path); 1448 1449 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1450 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1451 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1452 } 1453 1454 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1455 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1456 const Preprocessor &PP); 1457 1458 /// Scope actions. 1459 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1460 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1461 1462 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1463 DeclSpec &DS); 1464 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1465 DeclSpec &DS, 1466 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1467 1468 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1469 AccessSpecifier AS, 1470 RecordDecl *Record); 1471 1472 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1473 RecordDecl *Record); 1474 1475 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1476 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1477 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1478 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1479 1480 enum TagUseKind { 1481 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1482 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1483 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1484 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1485 }; 1486 1487 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1488 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1489 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1490 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1491 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1492 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1493 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1494 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1495 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1496 1497 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1498 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1499 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1500 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1501 AttributeList *Attr, 1502 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1503 1504 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1505 unsigned TagSpec, 1506 TagUseKind TUK, 1507 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1508 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1509 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1510 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1511 1512 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1513 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1514 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1515 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1516 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1517 1518 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1519 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1520 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1521 AccessSpecifier AS); 1522 1523 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1524 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1525 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1526 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1527 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1528 SourceLocation TSSL, 1529 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1530 Declarator *D = 0); 1531 1532 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1533 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1534 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1535 bool Diagnose = false); 1536 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1537 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1538 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1539 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1540 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1541 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1542 1543 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1544 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1545 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1546 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1547 AttributeList *AttrList); 1548 1549 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1550 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1551 /// struct, or union). 1552 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1553 1554 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1555 1556 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1557 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1558 /// member declarations. 1559 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1560 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1561 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1562 1563 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1564 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1565 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1566 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1567 1568 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1569 1570 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1571 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1572 /// 1573 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1574 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1575 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1576 1577 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1578 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1579 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1580 1581 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1582 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1583 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1584 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1585 Expr *val); 1586 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1587 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1588 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1589 1590 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1591 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1592 AttributeList *Attrs, 1593 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1594 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1595 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1596 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1597 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1598 1599 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1600 1601 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1602 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1603 void PopDeclContext(); 1604 1605 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1606 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1607 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1608 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1609 1610 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1611 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1612 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1613 1614 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1615 1616 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1617 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1618 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1619 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1620 1621 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1622 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1623 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1624 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1625 1626 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1627 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1628 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1629 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1630 1631 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1632 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1633 1634 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1635 /// top level scope. 1636 /// 1637 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1638 /// 1639 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1640 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1641 1642 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1643 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1644 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1645 /// 1646 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1647 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1648 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1649 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1650 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1651 1652 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1653 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1654 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1655 1656 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1657 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1658 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1659 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1660 1661 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1662 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1663 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1664 VersionTuple Introduced, 1665 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1666 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1667 bool IsUnavailable, 1668 StringRef Message); 1669 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1670 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1671 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1672 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1673 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1674 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1675 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1676 bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr); 1677 1678 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1679 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1680 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1681 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1682 Scope *S); 1683 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1684 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1685 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1686 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1687 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1688 1689 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1690 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1691 enum AssignmentAction { 1692 AA_Assigning, 1693 AA_Passing, 1694 AA_Returning, 1695 AA_Converting, 1696 AA_Initializing, 1697 AA_Sending, 1698 AA_Casting 1699 }; 1700 1701 /// C++ Overloading. 1702 enum OverloadKind { 1703 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1704 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1705 Ovl_Overload, 1706 1707 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1708 /// an existing declaration. 1709 Ovl_Match, 1710 1711 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1712 /// non-function. 1713 Ovl_NonFunction 1714 }; 1715 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1716 FunctionDecl *New, 1717 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1718 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1719 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1720 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1721 1722 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1723 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1724 /// 1725 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1726 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1727 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1728 1729 ImplicitConversionSequence 1730 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1731 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1732 bool AllowExplicit, 1733 bool InOverloadResolution, 1734 bool CStyle, 1735 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1736 1737 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1738 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1739 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1740 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1741 bool InOverloadResolution, 1742 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1743 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1744 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1745 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1746 QualType &ConvertedType); 1747 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1748 QualType& ConvertedType); 1749 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1750 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1751 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1752 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1753 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1754 1755 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1756 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1757 CastKind &Kind, 1758 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1759 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1760 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1761 bool InOverloadResolution, 1762 QualType &ConvertedType); 1763 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1764 CastKind &Kind, 1765 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1766 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1767 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1768 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1769 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1770 QualType &ResultTy); 1771 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1772 1773 1774 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1775 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1776 QualType ResultType, 1777 Expr *Value, 1778 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1779 1780 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1781 ExprResult Init); 1782 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1783 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1784 ExprResult Init, 1785 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1786 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1787 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1788 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1789 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1790 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1791 1792 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1793 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1794 1795 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1796 enum CCEKind { 1797 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1798 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1799 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1800 }; 1801 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1802 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1803 1804 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1805 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1806 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1807 public: 1808 bool Suppress; 1809 bool SuppressConversion; 1810 1811 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1812 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1813 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1814 1815 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1816 /// integral or enumeration type. 1817 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1818 QualType T) = 0; 1819 1820 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1821 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1822 QualType T) = 0; 1823 1824 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1825 /// is explicit. 1826 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1827 QualType T, 1828 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1829 1830 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1831 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1832 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1833 1834 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1835 /// functions. 1836 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1837 QualType T) = 0; 1838 1839 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1840 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1841 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1842 1843 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1844 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1845 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1846 QualType T, 1847 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1848 1849 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1850 }; 1851 1852 ExprResult 1853 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1854 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1855 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1856 1857 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1858 OS_Array, 1859 OS_Dictionary, 1860 OS_Error 1861 }; 1862 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1863 1864 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1865 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1866 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1867 NamedDecl *Member); 1868 1869 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1870 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1871 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1872 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1873 1874 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1875 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1876 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1877 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1878 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1879 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1880 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1881 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1882 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1883 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1884 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1885 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1886 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1887 QualType ObjectType, 1888 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1889 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1890 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1891 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1892 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1893 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1894 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1895 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1896 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1897 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1898 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1899 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1900 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1901 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1902 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1903 QualType ObjectType, 1904 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1905 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1906 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1907 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1908 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1909 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1910 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1911 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1912 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1913 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1914 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1915 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1916 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1917 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1918 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1919 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1920 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1921 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1922 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1923 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1924 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1925 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1926 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1927 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1928 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1929 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1930 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1931 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1932 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1933 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1934 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1935 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1936 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1937 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1938 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1939 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1940 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1941 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1942 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1943 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1944 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1945 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1946 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1947 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1948 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1949 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1950 1951 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1952 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1953 1954 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1955 // identified by the expression Expr 1956 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1957 1958 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1959 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1960 // R (A) --> R(A) 1961 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1962 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1963 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1964 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1965 1966 FunctionDecl * 1967 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1968 QualType TargetType, 1969 bool Complain, 1970 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1971 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1972 1973 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1974 bool Complain = false, 1975 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1976 1977 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1978 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1979 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1980 bool Complain = false, 1981 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1982 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1983 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1984 1985 1986 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1987 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1988 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1989 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1990 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1991 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1992 1993 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1994 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1995 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1996 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1997 1998 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 1999 // range-based for loop. 2000 enum ForRangeStatus { 2001 FRS_Success, 2002 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2003 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2004 }; 2005 2006 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2007 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2008 enum BeginEndFunction { 2009 BEF_begin, 2010 BEF_end 2011 }; 2012 2013 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2014 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2015 VarDecl *Decl, 2016 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2017 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2018 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2019 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2020 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2021 2022 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2023 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2024 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2025 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2026 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2027 Expr *ExecConfig, 2028 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2029 2030 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2031 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2032 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2033 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2034 ExprResult *Result); 2035 2036 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2037 unsigned Opc, 2038 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2039 Expr *input); 2040 2041 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2042 unsigned Opc, 2043 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2044 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2045 2046 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2047 SourceLocation RLoc, 2048 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2049 2050 ExprResult 2051 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2052 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2053 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2054 ExprResult 2055 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2056 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2057 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2058 2059 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2060 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2061 2062 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2063 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2064 /// that best represents the call. 2065 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2066 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2067 2068 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2069 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2070 bool CheckParameterNames); 2071 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2072 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2073 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2074 2075 /// \name Name lookup 2076 /// 2077 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2078 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2079 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2080 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2081 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2082 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2083 /// 2084 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2085 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2086 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2087 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2088 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2089 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2090 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2091 /// 2092 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2093 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2094 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2095 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2096 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2097 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2098 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2099 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2100 //@{ 2101 2102 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2103 enum LookupNameKind { 2104 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2105 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2106 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2107 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2108 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2109 /// structs, and unions. 2110 LookupTagName, 2111 /// Label name lookup. 2112 LookupLabel, 2113 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2114 /// class/struct/union members. 2115 LookupMemberName, 2116 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2117 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2118 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2119 LookupOperatorName, 2120 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2121 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2122 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2123 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2124 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2125 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2126 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2127 LookupNamespaceName, 2128 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2129 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2130 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2131 LookupUsingDeclName, 2132 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2133 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2134 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2135 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2136 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2137 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2138 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2139 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2140 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2141 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2142 LookupAnyName 2143 }; 2144 2145 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2146 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2147 enum RedeclarationKind { 2148 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2149 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2150 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2151 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2152 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2153 ForRedeclaration 2154 }; 2155 2156 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2157 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2158 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2159 LOLR_Error, 2160 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2161 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2162 LOLR_Cooked, 2163 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2164 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2165 LOLR_Raw, 2166 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2167 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2168 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2169 LOLR_Template 2170 }; 2171 2172 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2173 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2174 bool ConstArg, 2175 bool VolatileArg, 2176 bool RValueThis, 2177 bool ConstThis, 2178 bool VolatileThis); 2179 2180private: 2181 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2182 2183 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2184 // 2185 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2186 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2187 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2188 2189 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2190 /// source. 2191 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2192 2193public: 2194 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2195 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2196 /// 2197 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2198 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2199 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2200 SourceLocation Loc, 2201 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2202 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2203 = NotForRedeclaration); 2204 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2205 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2206 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2207 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2208 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2209 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2210 bool EnteringContext = false); 2211 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2212 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2213 = NotForRedeclaration); 2214 2215 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2216 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2217 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2218 2219 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2220 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2221 2222 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2223 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2224 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2225 unsigned Quals); 2226 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2227 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2228 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2229 unsigned Quals); 2230 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2231 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2232 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2233 2234 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2235 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2236 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2237 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2238 2239 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2240 SourceLocation Loc, 2241 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2242 ADLResult &Functions); 2243 2244 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2245 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2246 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2247 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2248 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2249 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2250 2251 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2252 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2253 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2254 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2255 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2256 bool EnteringContext = false, 2257 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2258 2259 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2260 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2261 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2262 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2263 2264 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2265 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2266 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2267 2268 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2269 //@} 2270 2271 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2272 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2273 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2274 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2275 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2276 SourceLocation Loc); 2277 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2278 Scope *S); 2279 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2280 2281 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2282 2283 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2284 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2285 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2286 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2287 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2288 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2289 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2290 2291 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2292 2293 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2294 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2295 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2296 2297 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2298 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2299 SourceRange Range); 2300 2301 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2302 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2303 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2304 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2305 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2306 2307 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2308 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2309 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2310 2311 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2312 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2313 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2314 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2315 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2316 2317 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2318 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2319 2320 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2321 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2322 2323 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2324 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2325 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2326 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2327 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2328 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2329 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2330 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2331 2332 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2333 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2334 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2335 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2336 SourceLocation Loc); 2337 2338 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2339 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2340 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2341 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2342 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2343 2344 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2345 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2346 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2347 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2348 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2349 2350 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2351 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2352 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2353 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2354 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2355 2356 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2357 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2358 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2359 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2360 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2361 2362 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2363 /// class extensions. 2364 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2365 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2366 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2367 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2368 Selector GetterSel, 2369 Selector SetterSel, 2370 const bool isAssign, 2371 const bool isReadWrite, 2372 const unsigned Attributes, 2373 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2374 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2375 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2376 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2377 2378 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2379 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2380 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2381 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2382 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2383 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2384 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2385 Selector GetterSel, 2386 Selector SetterSel, 2387 const bool isAssign, 2388 const bool isReadWrite, 2389 const unsigned Attributes, 2390 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2391 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2392 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2393 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2394 2395 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2396 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2397 /// setter or getter. 2398 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2399 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2400 2401 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2402 2403 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2404 2405 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2406 MMS_loose, 2407 MMS_strict 2408 }; 2409 2410 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2411 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2412 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2413 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2414 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2415 2416 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2417 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2418 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2419 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2420 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2421 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2422 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2423 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2424 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2425 bool ImmediateClass, 2426 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2427 2428 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2429 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2430 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2431 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2432 2433 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2434 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2435 2436private: 2437 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2438 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2439 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2440 2441 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2442 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2443 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2444 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2445 bool warn, bool instance); 2446 2447public: 2448 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2449 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2450 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2451 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2452 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2453 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2454 } 2455 2456 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2457 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2458 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2459 } 2460 2461 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2462 /// pool. 2463 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2464 2465 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2466 /// there are multiple signatures. 2467 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2468 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2469 bool warn=true) { 2470 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2471 warn, /*instance*/true); 2472 } 2473 2474 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2475 /// there are multiple signatures. 2476 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2477 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2478 bool warn=true) { 2479 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2480 warn, /*instance*/false); 2481 } 2482 2483 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2484 /// implementation. 2485 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2486 2487 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2488 /// initialization. 2489 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2490 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2491 2492 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2493 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2494public: 2495 class FullExprArg { 2496 public: 2497 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2498 2499 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2500 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2501 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2502 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2503 2504 ExprResult release() { 2505 return E; 2506 } 2507 2508 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2509 2510 Expr *operator->() { 2511 return E; 2512 } 2513 2514 private: 2515 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2516 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2517 friend class Sema; 2518 2519 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2520 2521 Expr *E; 2522 }; 2523 2524 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2525 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2526 } 2527 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2528 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2529 } 2530 2531 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2532 2533 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2534 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2535 2536 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2537 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2538 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2539 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2540 bool isStmtExpr); 2541 2542 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2543 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2544 public: 2545 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2546 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2547 } 2548 2549 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2550 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2551 } 2552 2553 private: 2554 Sema &S; 2555 }; 2556 2557 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2558 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2559 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2560 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2561 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2562 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2563 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2564 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2565 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2566 2567 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2568 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2569 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2570 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2571 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2572 2573 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2574 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2575 Stmt *SubStmt); 2576 2577 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2578 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2579 Stmt *ThenVal, 2580 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2581 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2582 Expr *Cond, 2583 Decl *CondVar); 2584 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2585 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2586 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2587 FullExprArg Cond, 2588 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2589 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2590 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2591 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2592 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2593 2594 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2595 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2596 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2597 Decl *SecondVar, 2598 FullExprArg Third, 2599 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2600 Stmt *Body); 2601 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2602 Expr *collection); 2603 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2604 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2605 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2606 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2607 2608 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2609 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2610 BFRK_Build, 2611 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2612 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2613 BFRK_Rebuild, 2614 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2615 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2616 BFRK_Check 2617 }; 2618 2619 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2620 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2621 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2622 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2623 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2624 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2625 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2626 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2627 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2628 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2629 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2630 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2631 2632 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2633 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2634 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2635 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2636 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2637 Expr *DestExp); 2638 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2639 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2640 2641 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2642 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2643 2644 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2645 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2646 2647 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2648 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2649 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2650 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2651 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2652 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2653 2654 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2655 unsigned &Size); 2656 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2657 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2658 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2659 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2660 2661 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2662 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2663 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2664 bool Invalid = false); 2665 2666 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2667 2668 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2669 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2670 2671 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2672 2673 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2674 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2675 2676 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2677 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2678 Scope *CurScope); 2679 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2680 Expr *operand); 2681 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2682 Expr *SynchExpr, 2683 Stmt *SynchBody); 2684 2685 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2686 2687 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2688 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2689 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2690 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2691 2692 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2693 2694 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2695 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2696 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2697 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2698 2699 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2700 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2701 Stmt *TryBlock, 2702 Stmt *Handler); 2703 2704 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2705 Expr *FilterExpr, 2706 Stmt *Block); 2707 2708 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2709 Stmt *Block); 2710 2711 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2712 2713 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2714 2715 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2716 /// of it. 2717 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2718 2719 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2720 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2721 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2722 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2723 2724 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2725 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2726 /// 2727 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2728 /// if (condition); 2729 /// do_stuff(); 2730 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2731 const Stmt *Body, 2732 unsigned DiagID); 2733 2734 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2735 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2736 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2737 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2738 2739 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2740 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2741 } 2742 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2743 2744 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2745 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2746 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2747 } 2748 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2749 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2750 } 2751 2752 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2753 2754 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2755 SourceLocation Loc, 2756 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2757 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2758 2759 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2760 2761 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2762 StringRef message); 2763 2764 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2765 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2766 2767 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2768 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2769 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2770 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2771 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2772 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2773 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2774 SourceLocation Loc); 2775 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2776 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2777 2778 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2779 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2780 bool IsDecltype = false); 2781 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2782 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2783 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2784 bool IsDecltype = false); 2785 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2786 2787 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2788 2789 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2790 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2791 2792 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2793 2794 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2795 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2796 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2797 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2798 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2799 // named expressions. 2800 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2801 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2802 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2803 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2804 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2805 2806 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2807 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2808 2809 enum TryCaptureKind { 2810 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2811 }; 2812 2813 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2814 /// 2815 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2816 /// 2817 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2818 /// 2819 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2820 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2821 /// 2822 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2823 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2824 /// 2825 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2826 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2827 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2828 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2829 /// 2830 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2831 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2832 /// variable can be captured. 2833 /// 2834 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2835 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2836 /// captured. 2837 /// 2838 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2839 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2840 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2841 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2842 QualType &CaptureType, 2843 QualType &DeclRefType); 2844 2845 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2846 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2847 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2848 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2849 2850 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2851 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2852 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2853 2854 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2855 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2856 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2857 2858 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2859 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2860 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2861 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2862 bool ForceComplain = false, 2863 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2864 2865 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2866 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2867 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2868 2869 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2870 /// evaluation context. 2871 /// 2872 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2873 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2874 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2875 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2876 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2877 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2878 2879 // Primary Expressions. 2880 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2881 2882 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2883 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2884 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2885 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2886 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2887 2888 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2889 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2890 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2891 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2892 2893 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2894 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2895 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2896 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2897 2898 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2899 IdentifierInfo *II, 2900 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2901 2902 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2903 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2904 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2905 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2906 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2907 2908 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2909 ExprValueKind VK, 2910 SourceLocation Loc, 2911 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2912 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2913 ExprValueKind VK, 2914 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2915 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2916 ExprResult 2917 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2918 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2919 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2920 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2921 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2922 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2923 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2924 LookupResult &R, 2925 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2926 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2927 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2928 LookupResult &R, 2929 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2930 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2931 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2932 const LookupResult &R, 2933 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2934 2935 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2936 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2937 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 2938 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2939 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2940 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2941 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2942 2943 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2944 LookupResult &R, 2945 bool NeedsADL); 2946 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2947 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2948 NamedDecl *D); 2949 2950 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2951 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2952 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2953 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2954 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2955 2956 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2957 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2958 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2959 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2960 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2961 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2962 SourceLocation R, 2963 MultiExprArg Val); 2964 2965 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2966 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2967 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2968 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2969 2970 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2971 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2972 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2973 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2974 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2975 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2976 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2977 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2978 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2979 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2980 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2981 Expr **Exprs, 2982 unsigned NumAssocs); 2983 2984 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2985 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2986 Expr *InputExpr); 2987 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2988 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2989 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2990 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2991 2992 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2993 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2994 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2995 SourceRange R); 2996 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2997 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2998 ExprResult 2999 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3000 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3001 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3002 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3003 3004 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3005 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3006 3007 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3008 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3009 SourceRange ExprRange, 3010 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3011 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3012 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3013 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3014 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3015 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3016 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3017 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3018 3019 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3020 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3021 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3022 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3023 3024 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3025 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3026 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3027 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3028 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3029 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3030 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3031 3032 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3033 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3034 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3035 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3036 // defines a custom operator->). 3037 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3038 Scope *S; 3039 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3040 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3041 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3042 }; 3043 3044 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3045 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3046 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3047 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3048 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3049 LookupResult &R, 3050 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3051 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3052 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3053 3054 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3055 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3056 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3057 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3058 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3059 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3060 3061 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3062 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3063 const LookupResult &R); 3064 3065 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3066 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3067 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3068 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3069 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3070 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3071 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3072 3073 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3074 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3075 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3076 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3077 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3078 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3079 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3080 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3081 3082 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3083 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3084 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3085 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3086 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3087 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3088 bool ExecConfig = false); 3089 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3090 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3091 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3092 3093 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3094 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3095 /// locations. 3096 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3097 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3098 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3099 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3100 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3101 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3102 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3103 Expr *Config = 0, 3104 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3105 3106 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3107 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3108 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3109 3110 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3111 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3112 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3113 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3114 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3115 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3116 Expr *Op); 3117 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3118 3119 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3120 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3121 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3122 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3123 3124 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3125 3126 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3127 ParsedType Ty, 3128 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3129 Expr *InitExpr); 3130 3131 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3132 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3133 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3134 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3135 3136 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3137 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3138 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3139 3140 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3141 SourceLocation Loc, 3142 bool GNUSyntax, 3143 ExprResult Init); 3144 3145 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3146 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3147 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3148 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3149 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3150 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3151 3152 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3153 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3154 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3155 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3156 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3157 3158 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3159 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3160 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3161 3162 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3163 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3164 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3165 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3166 3167 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3168 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3169 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3170 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3171 union { 3172 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3173 Expr *E; 3174 } U; 3175 }; 3176 3177 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3178 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3179 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3180 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3181 unsigned NumComponents, 3182 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3183 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3184 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3185 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3186 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3187 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3188 unsigned NumComponents, 3189 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3190 3191 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3192 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3193 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3194 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3195 3196 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3197 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3198 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3199 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3200 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3201 3202 // __null 3203 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3204 3205 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3206 3207 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3208 enum IfExistsResult { 3209 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3210 IER_Exists, 3211 3212 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3213 IER_DoesNotExist, 3214 3215 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3216 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3217 IER_Dependent, 3218 3219 /// \brief An error occurred. 3220 IER_Error 3221 }; 3222 3223 IfExistsResult 3224 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3225 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3226 3227 IfExistsResult 3228 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3229 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3230 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3231 3232 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3233 bool IsIfExists, 3234 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3235 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3236 Stmt *Nested); 3237 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3238 bool IsIfExists, 3239 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3240 Stmt *Nested); 3241 3242 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3243 3244 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3245 /// started. 3246 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3247 3248 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3249 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3250 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3251 Scope *CurScope); 3252 3253 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3254 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3255 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3256 3257 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3258 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3259 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3260 Scope *CurScope); 3261 3262 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3263 3264 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3265 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3266 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3267 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3268 3269 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3270 3271 // Act on C++ namespaces 3272 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3273 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3274 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3275 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3276 SourceLocation LBrace, 3277 AttributeList *AttrList); 3278 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3279 3280 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3281 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3282 3283 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3284 3285 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3286 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3287 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3288 3289 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3290 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3291 /// 3292 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3293 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3294 3295 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3296 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3297 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3298 3299 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3300 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3301 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3302 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3303 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3304 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3305 AttributeList *AttrList); 3306 3307 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3308 3309 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3310 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3311 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3312 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3313 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3314 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3315 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3316 3317 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3318 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3319 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3320 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3321 NamedDecl *Target); 3322 3323 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3324 bool isTypeName, 3325 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3326 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3327 const LookupResult &Previous); 3328 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3329 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3330 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3331 3332 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3333 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3334 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3335 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3336 AttributeList *AttrList, 3337 bool IsInstantiation, 3338 bool IsTypeName, 3339 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3340 3341 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3342 3343 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3344 AccessSpecifier AS, 3345 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3346 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3347 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3348 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3349 AttributeList *AttrList, 3350 bool IsTypeName, 3351 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3352 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3353 AccessSpecifier AS, 3354 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3355 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3356 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3357 TypeResult Type); 3358 3359 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3360 /// and sets it as the initializer for the passed in VarDecl. 3361 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3362 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3363 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3364 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3365 3366 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3367 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3368 /// 3369 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3370 ExprResult 3371 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3372 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3373 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3374 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3375 3376 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3377 // the constructor can be elidable? 3378 ExprResult 3379 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3380 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3381 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3382 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3383 SourceRange ParenRange); 3384 3385 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3386 /// the default expr if needed. 3387 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3388 FunctionDecl *FD, 3389 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3390 3391 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3392 /// constructed variable. 3393 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3394 3395 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3396 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3397 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3398 // Pointer to allow copying 3399 Sema *Self; 3400 // We order exception specifications thus: 3401 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3402 // throw() comes next. 3403 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3404 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3405 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3406 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3407 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3408 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3409 3410 void ClearExceptions() { 3411 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3412 Exceptions.clear(); 3413 } 3414 3415 public: 3416 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3417 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3418 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3419 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3420 } 3421 3422 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3423 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3424 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3425 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3426 return ComputedEST; 3427 } 3428 3429 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3430 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3431 3432 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3433 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3434 3435 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3436 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3437 3438 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3439 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3440 3441 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3442 /// computed exception specification. 3443 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3444 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3445 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3446 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3447 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3448 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3449 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3450 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3451 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3452 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3453 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3454 tok::kw_false).take(); 3455 } 3456 } 3457 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3458 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3459 getEPI(EPI); 3460 return EPI; 3461 } 3462 }; 3463 3464 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3465 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3466 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3467 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3468 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3469 3470 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3471 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3472 /// will be const. 3473 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3474 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3475 3476 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3477 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3478 /// parameter will be const. 3479 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3480 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3481 3482 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3483 /// constructor of a class will have. 3484 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3485 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3486 3487 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3488 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3489 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3490 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3491 3492 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3493 /// destructor of a class will have. 3494 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3495 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3496 3497 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3498 /// special member function. 3499 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3500 3501 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3502 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3503 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3504 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3505 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3506 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3507 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3508 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3509 3510 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3511 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3512 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3513 bool Diagnose = false); 3514 3515 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3516 /// 3517 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3518 /// default constructor will be added. 3519 /// 3520 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3521 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3522 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3523 3524 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3525 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3526 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3527 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3528 3529 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3530 /// 3531 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3532 /// destructor will be added. 3533 /// 3534 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3535 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3536 3537 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3538 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3539 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3540 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3541 3542 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3543 /// 3544 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3545 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3546 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3547 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3548 3549 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3550 /// 3551 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3552 /// constructors will be added. 3553 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3554 3555 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3556 /// 3557 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3558 /// copy constructor will be added. 3559 /// 3560 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3561 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3562 3563 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3564 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3565 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3566 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3567 3568 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3569 /// 3570 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3571 /// move constructor will be added. 3572 /// 3573 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3574 /// declared. 3575 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3576 3577 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3578 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3579 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3580 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3581 3582 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3583 /// 3584 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3585 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3586 /// 3587 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3588 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3589 3590 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3591 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3592 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3593 3594 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3595 /// 3596 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3597 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3598 /// 3599 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3600 /// wasn't declared. 3601 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3602 3603 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3604 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3605 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3606 3607 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3608 /// class. 3609 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3610 3611 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3612 /// special member function. 3613 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3614 3615 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3616 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3617 /// 3618 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3619 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3620 3621 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3622 /// member function. 3623 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3624 3625 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3626 /// static member function. 3627 /// 3628 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3629 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3630 3631 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3632 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3633 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3634 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3635 3636 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3637 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3638 SourceLocation Loc, 3639 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3640 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3641 3642 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3643 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3644 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3645 ParsedType ObjectType, 3646 bool EnteringContext); 3647 3648 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3649 3650 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3651 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3652 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3653 3654 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3655 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3656 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3657 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3658 Declarator &D, 3659 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3660 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3661 Expr *E, 3662 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3663 3664 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3665 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3666 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3667 Expr *E, 3668 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3669 SourceRange Parens); 3670 3671 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3672 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3673 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3674 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3675 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3676 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3677 Expr *Operand, 3678 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3679 3680 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3681 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3682 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3683 void *TyOrExpr, 3684 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3685 3686 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3687 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3688 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3689 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3690 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3691 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3692 Expr *Operand, 3693 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3694 3695 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3696 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3697 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3698 void *TyOrExpr, 3699 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3700 3701 3702 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3703 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3704 3705 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3706 /// 3707 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3708 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3709 3710 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3711 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3712 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3713 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3714 3715 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3716 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3717 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3718 Sema &S; 3719 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3720 bool Enabled; 3721 3722 public: 3723 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3724 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3725 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3726 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3727 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3728 bool Enabled = true); 3729 3730 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3731 }; 3732 3733 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3734 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3735 /// 3736 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3737 /// 3738 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3739 /// capture list. 3740 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3741 3742 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3743 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3744 /// being defined. 3745 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3746 3747 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3748 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3749 3750 3751 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3752 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3753 3754 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3755 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3756 3757 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3758 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3759 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3760 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3761 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3762 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3763 3764 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3765 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3766 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3767 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3768 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3769 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3770 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3771 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3772 3773 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3774 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3775 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3776 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3777 3778 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3779 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3780 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3781 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3782 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3783 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3784 Expr *Initializer); 3785 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3786 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3787 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3788 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3789 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3790 QualType AllocType, 3791 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3792 Expr *ArraySize, 3793 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3794 Expr *Initializer, 3795 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3796 3797 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3798 SourceRange R); 3799 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3800 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3801 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3802 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3803 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3804 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3805 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3806 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3807 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3808 bool Diagnose = true); 3809 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3810 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3811 QualType Argument, 3812 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3813 3814 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3815 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3816 bool Diagnose = true); 3817 3818 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3819 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3820 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3821 Expr *Operand); 3822 3823 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3824 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3825 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3826 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3827 3828 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3829 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3830 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3831 SourceLocation RParen); 3832 3833 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3834 /// pseudo-functions. 3835 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3836 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3837 ParsedType Ty, 3838 SourceLocation RParen); 3839 3840 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3841 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3842 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3843 SourceLocation RParen); 3844 3845 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3846 /// pseudo-functions. 3847 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3848 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3849 ParsedType LhsTy, 3850 ParsedType RhsTy, 3851 SourceLocation RParen); 3852 3853 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3854 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3855 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3856 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3857 SourceLocation RParen); 3858 3859 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3860 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3861 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3862 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3863 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3864 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3865 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3866 3867 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3868 /// pseudo-functions. 3869 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3870 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3871 ParsedType LhsTy, 3872 Expr *DimExpr, 3873 SourceLocation RParen); 3874 3875 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3876 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3877 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3878 Expr *DimExpr, 3879 SourceLocation RParen); 3880 3881 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3882 /// pseudo-functions. 3883 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3884 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3885 Expr *Queried, 3886 SourceLocation RParen); 3887 3888 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3889 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3890 Expr *Queried, 3891 SourceLocation RParen); 3892 3893 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3894 Expr *Base, 3895 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3896 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3897 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3898 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3899 3900 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3901 3902 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3903 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3904 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3905 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3906 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3907 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3908 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3909 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3910 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3911 3912 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3913 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3914 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3915 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3916 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3917 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3918 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3919 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3920 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3921 3922 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3923 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3924 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3925 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3926 const DeclSpec& DS, 3927 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3928 3929 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3930 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3931 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3932 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3933 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3934 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3935 3936 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3937 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3938 : SourceLocation()); 3939 } 3940 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC); 3941 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3942 3943 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3944 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3945 3946 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3947 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3948 bool EnteringContext = false); 3949 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3950 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3951 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3952 3953 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3954 /// 3955 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3956 /// 3957 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3958 /// 3959 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3960 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3961 /// 3962 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3963 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3964 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3965 3966 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3967 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3968 3969 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3970 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3971 IdentifierInfo &II, 3972 ParsedType ObjectType); 3973 3974 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3975 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3976 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3977 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3978 QualType ObjectType, 3979 bool EnteringContext, 3980 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3981 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3982 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3983 3984 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3985 /// 3986 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3987 /// 3988 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3989 /// 3990 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3991 /// 3992 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3993 /// 3994 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3995 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3996 /// 3997 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3998 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3999 /// 4000 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4001 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4002 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4003 /// including this new type). 4004 /// 4005 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4006 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4007 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4008 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4009 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4010 ParsedType ObjectType, 4011 bool EnteringContext, 4012 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4013 4014 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4015 4016 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4017 const DeclSpec &DS, 4018 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4019 4020 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4021 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4022 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4023 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4024 ParsedType ObjectType, 4025 bool EnteringContext); 4026 4027 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4028 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4029 /// 4030 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4031 /// 4032 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4033 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4034 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4035 /// including this new type). 4036 /// 4037 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4038 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4039 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4040 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4041 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4042 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4043 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4044 /// 4045 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4046 /// nested-name-specifier. 4047 /// 4048 /// 4049 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4050 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4051 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4052 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4053 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4054 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4055 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4056 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4057 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4058 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4059 bool EnteringContext); 4060 4061 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4062 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4063 /// nested-name-specifier. 4064 /// 4065 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4066 /// 4067 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4068 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4069 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4070 4071 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4072 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4073 /// 4074 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4075 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4076 /// 4077 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4078 /// 4079 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4080 /// of the annotation pointer. 4081 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4082 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4083 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4084 4085 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4086 4087 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4088 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4089 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4090 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4091 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4092 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4093 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4094 4095 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4096 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4097 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4098 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4099 /// defining scope. 4100 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4101 4102 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4103 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4104 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4105 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4106 /// class X. 4107 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4108 4109 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4110 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4111 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4112 4113 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4114 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4115 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4116 bool KnownDependent); 4117 4118 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4119 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4120 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4121 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4122 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4123 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4124 4125 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4126 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4127 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4128 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4129 bool ExplicitParams, 4130 bool ExplicitResultType, 4131 bool Mutable); 4132 4133 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4134 /// given lambda. 4135 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4136 4137 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4138 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4139 4140 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4141 /// statements present in the body. 4142 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4143 4144 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4145 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4146 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4147 /// lambda. 4148 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4149 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4150 4151 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4152 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4153 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4154 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4155 4156 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4157 /// was successfully completed. 4158 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4159 Scope *CurScope, 4160 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4161 4162 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4163 /// function pointer. 4164 /// 4165 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4166 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4167 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4168 /// block pointer conversion. 4169 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4170 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4171 4172 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4173 /// block pointer. 4174 /// 4175 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4176 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4177 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4178 /// block pointer conversion. 4179 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4180 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4181 4182 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4183 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4184 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4185 Expr *Src); 4186 4187 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4188 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4189 Expr **Strings, 4190 unsigned NumStrings); 4191 4192 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4193 4194 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4195 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4196 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4197 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4198 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4199 bool Value); 4200 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4201 4202 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4203 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4204 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4205 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4206 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4207 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4208 4209 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4210 Expr *IndexExpr, 4211 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4212 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4213 4214 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4215 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4216 unsigned NumElements); 4217 4218 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4219 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4220 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4221 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4222 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4223 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4224 4225 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4226 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4227 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4228 ParsedType Ty, 4229 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4230 4231 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4232 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4233 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4234 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4235 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4236 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4237 4238 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4239 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4240 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4241 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4242 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4243 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4244 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4245 4246 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4247 // C++ Declarations 4248 // 4249 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4250 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4251 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4252 StringRef Lang, 4253 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4254 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4255 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4256 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4257 4258 4259 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4260 // C++ Classes 4261 // 4262 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4263 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4264 4265 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4266 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4267 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4268 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4269 4270 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4271 Declarator &D, 4272 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4273 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4274 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4275 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4276 Expr *Init); 4277 4278 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4279 Scope *S, 4280 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4281 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4282 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4283 const DeclSpec &DS, 4284 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4285 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4286 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4287 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4288 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4289 4290 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4291 Scope *S, 4292 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4293 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4294 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4295 const DeclSpec &DS, 4296 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4297 Expr *InitList, 4298 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4299 4300 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4301 Scope *S, 4302 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4303 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4304 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4305 const DeclSpec &DS, 4306 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4307 Expr *Init, 4308 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4309 4310 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4311 Expr *Init, 4312 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4313 4314 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4315 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4316 Expr *Init, 4317 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4318 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4319 4320 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4321 Expr *Init, 4322 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4323 4324 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4325 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4326 4327 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4328 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4329 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4330 4331 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4332 4333 4334 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4335 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4336 /// referenced. 4337 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4338 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4339 4340 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4341 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4342 /// first use occurred. 4343 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4344 4345 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4346 /// materialized. 4347 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4348 4349 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4350 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4351 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4352 /// by code generation). 4353 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4354 4355 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4356 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4357 4358 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4359 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4360 DynamicClassesType; 4361 4362 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4363 /// unit. 4364 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4365 4366 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4367 /// given location. 4368 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4369 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4370 4371 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4372 /// in the given class as needed. 4373 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4374 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4375 4376 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4377 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4378 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4379 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4380 4381 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4382 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4383 /// vtables. 4384 /// 4385 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4386 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4387 4388 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4389 4390 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4391 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4392 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4393 unsigned NumMemInits, 4394 bool AnyErrors); 4395 4396 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4397 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4398 Decl *TagDecl, 4399 SourceLocation LBrac, 4400 SourceLocation RBrac, 4401 AttributeList *AttrList); 4402 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4403 4404 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4405 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4406 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4407 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4408 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4409 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4410 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4411 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4412 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4413 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4414 4415 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4416 Expr *AssertExpr, 4417 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4418 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4419 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4420 Expr *AssertExpr, 4421 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4422 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4423 bool Failed); 4424 4425 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4426 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4427 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4428 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4429 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4430 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4431 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4432 4433 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4434 StorageClass& SC); 4435 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4436 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4437 StorageClass& SC); 4438 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4439 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4440 StorageClass& SC); 4441 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4442 4443 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedAndDeletedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4444 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4445 4446 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4447 // C++ Derived Classes 4448 // 4449 4450 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4451 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4452 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4453 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4454 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4455 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4456 4457 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4458 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4459 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4460 ParsedType basetype, 4461 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4462 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4463 4464 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4465 unsigned NumBases); 4466 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4467 unsigned NumBases); 4468 4469 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4470 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4471 4472 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4473 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4474 4475 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4476 4477 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4478 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4479 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4480 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4481 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4482 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4483 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4484 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4485 DeclarationName Name, 4486 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4487 4488 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4489 4490 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4491 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4492 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4493 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4494 4495 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4496 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4497 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4498 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4499 4500 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4501 4502 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4503 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4504 4505 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4506 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4507 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4508 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4509 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4510 4511 4512 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4513 // C++ Access Control 4514 // 4515 4516 enum AccessResult { 4517 AR_accessible, 4518 AR_inaccessible, 4519 AR_dependent, 4520 AR_delayed 4521 }; 4522 4523 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4524 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4525 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4526 4527 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4528 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4529 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4530 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4531 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4532 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4533 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4534 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4535 bool Diagnose = true); 4536 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4537 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4538 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4539 AccessSpecifier Access, 4540 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4541 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4542 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4543 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4544 AccessSpecifier Access, 4545 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4546 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4547 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4548 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4549 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4550 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4551 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4552 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4553 Expr *ArgExpr, 4554 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4555 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4556 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4557 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4558 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4559 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4560 unsigned DiagID, 4561 bool ForceCheck = false, 4562 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4563 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4564 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4565 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4566 AccessSpecifier access, 4567 QualType objectType); 4568 4569 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4570 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4571 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4572 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4573 4574 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4575 4576 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4577 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4578 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4579 4580 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4581 AbstractNone = -1, 4582 AbstractReturnType, 4583 AbstractParamType, 4584 AbstractVariableType, 4585 AbstractFieldType, 4586 AbstractIvarType, 4587 AbstractArrayType 4588 }; 4589 4590 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4591 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4592 template<typename T1> 4593 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4594 unsigned DiagID, 4595 const T1 &Arg1) { 4596 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4597 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4598 } 4599 4600 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4601 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4602 unsigned DiagID, 4603 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4604 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4605 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4606 } 4607 4608 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4609 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4610 unsigned DiagID, 4611 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4612 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4613 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4614 } 4615 4616 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4617 4618 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4619 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4620 4621 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4622 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4623 // 4624 4625 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4626 4627 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4628 4629 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4630 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4631 // 4632 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4633 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4634 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4635 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4636 4637 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4638 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4639 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4640 4641 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4642 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4643 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4644 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4645 ParsedType ObjectType, 4646 bool EnteringContext, 4647 TemplateTy &Template, 4648 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4649 4650 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4651 SourceLocation IILoc, 4652 Scope *S, 4653 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4654 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4655 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4656 4657 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4658 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4659 4660 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4661 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4662 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4663 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4664 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4665 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4666 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4667 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4668 4669 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4670 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4671 unsigned Depth, 4672 unsigned Position, 4673 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4674 Expr *DefaultArg); 4675 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4676 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4677 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4678 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4679 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4680 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4681 unsigned Depth, 4682 unsigned Position, 4683 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4684 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4685 4686 TemplateParameterList * 4687 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4688 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4689 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4690 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4691 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4692 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4693 4694 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4695 /// list. 4696 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4697 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4698 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4699 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4700 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4701 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4702 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4703 }; 4704 4705 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4706 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4707 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4708 TemplateParameterList * 4709 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4710 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4711 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4712 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4713 unsigned NumParamLists, 4714 bool IsFriend, 4715 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4716 bool &Invalid); 4717 4718 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4719 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4720 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4721 AttributeList *Attr, 4722 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4723 AccessSpecifier AS, 4724 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4725 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4726 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4727 4728 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4729 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4730 4731 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4732 4733 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4734 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4735 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4736 4737 TypeResult 4738 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4739 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4740 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4741 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4742 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4743 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4744 4745 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4746 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4747 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4748 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4749 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4750 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4751 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4752 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4753 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4754 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4755 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4756 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4757 4758 4759 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4760 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4761 LookupResult &R, 4762 bool RequiresADL, 4763 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4764 4765 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4766 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4767 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4768 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4769 4770 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4771 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4772 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4773 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4774 ParsedType ObjectType, 4775 bool EnteringContext, 4776 TemplateTy &Template); 4777 4778 DeclResult 4779 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4780 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4781 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4782 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4783 TemplateTy Template, 4784 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4785 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4786 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4787 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4788 AttributeList *Attr, 4789 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4790 4791 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4792 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4793 Declarator &D); 4794 4795 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4796 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4797 Declarator &D); 4798 4799 bool 4800 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4801 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4802 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4803 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4804 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4805 bool &SuppressNew); 4806 4807 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4808 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4809 LookupResult &Previous); 4810 4811 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4812 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4813 LookupResult &Previous); 4814 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4815 4816 DeclResult 4817 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4818 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4819 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4820 unsigned TagSpec, 4821 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4822 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4823 TemplateTy Template, 4824 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4825 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4826 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4827 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4828 AttributeList *Attr); 4829 4830 DeclResult 4831 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4832 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4833 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4834 unsigned TagSpec, 4835 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4836 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4837 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4838 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4839 AttributeList *Attr); 4840 4841 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4842 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4843 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4844 Declarator &D); 4845 4846 TemplateArgumentLoc 4847 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4848 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4849 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4850 Decl *Param, 4851 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4852 4853 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4854 /// argument is being checked. 4855 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4856 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4857 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4858 CTAK_Specified, 4859 4860 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4861 /// deduction. 4862 CTAK_Deduced, 4863 4864 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4865 /// via template argument deduction. 4866 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4867 }; 4868 4869 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4870 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4871 NamedDecl *Template, 4872 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4873 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4874 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4875 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4876 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4877 4878 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4879 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4880 /// 4881 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4882 /// provided. 4883 /// 4884 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4885 /// 4886 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4887 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4888 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4889 /// arguments. 4890 /// 4891 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4892 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4893 /// set of template arguments. 4894 /// 4895 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4896 /// arguments. 4897 /// 4898 /// 4899 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4900 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4901 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4902 /// 4903 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4904 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4905 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4906 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4907 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4908 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4909 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4910 4911 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4912 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4913 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4914 4915 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4916 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4917 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4918 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4919 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4920 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4921 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4922 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4923 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 4924 4925 ExprResult 4926 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4927 QualType ParamType, 4928 SourceLocation Loc); 4929 ExprResult 4930 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4931 SourceLocation Loc); 4932 4933 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4934 /// for equality. 4935 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4936 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4937 /// that might be redeclarations. 4938 /// 4939 /// \code 4940 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4941 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4942 /// \endcode 4943 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4944 4945 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4946 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4947 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4948 /// 4949 /// \code 4950 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4951 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4952 /// \endcode 4953 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4954 4955 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4956 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4957 /// template parameter. 4958 /// 4959 /// \code 4960 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4961 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4962 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4963 /// \endcode 4964 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4965 }; 4966 4967 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4968 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4969 bool Complain, 4970 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4971 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4972 = SourceLocation()); 4973 4974 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4975 4976 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4977 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4978 /// 4979 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4980 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4981 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4982 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4983 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4984 TypeResult 4985 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4986 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4987 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4988 4989 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4990 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4991 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4992 /// 4993 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4994 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4995 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4996 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4997 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4998 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4999 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5000 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5001 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5002 TypeResult 5003 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5004 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5005 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5006 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5007 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5008 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5009 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5010 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5011 5012 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5013 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5014 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5015 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5016 SourceLocation IILoc); 5017 5018 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5019 SourceLocation Loc, 5020 DeclarationName Name); 5021 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5022 5023 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5024 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5025 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5026 5027 std::string 5028 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5029 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5030 5031 std::string 5032 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5033 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5034 unsigned NumArgs); 5035 5036 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5037 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5038 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5039 5040 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5041 /// being diagnosed. 5042 /// 5043 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5044 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5045 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5046 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5047 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5048 5049 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5050 UPPC_BaseType, 5051 5052 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5053 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5054 5055 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5056 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5057 5058 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5059 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5060 5061 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5062 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5063 5064 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5065 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5066 5067 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5068 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5069 5070 /// \brief A using declaration. 5071 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5072 5073 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5074 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5075 5076 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5077 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5078 5079 /// \brief An initializer. 5080 UPPC_Initializer, 5081 5082 /// \brief A default argument. 5083 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5084 5085 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5086 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5087 5088 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5089 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5090 5091 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5092 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5093 5094 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5095 UPPC_IfExists, 5096 5097 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5098 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5099 5100 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5101 UPPC_Lambda, 5102 5103 /// \brief Block expression, 5104 UPPC_Block 5105}; 5106 5107 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5108 /// 5109 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5110 /// 5111 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5112 /// parameter packs. 5113 /// 5114 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5115 /// 5116 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5117 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5118 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5119 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5120 5121 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5122 /// diagnose the error. 5123 /// 5124 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5125 /// 5126 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5127 /// packs. 5128 /// 5129 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5130 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5131 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5132 5133 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5134 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5135 /// 5136 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5137 /// parameter packs. 5138 /// 5139 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5140 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5141 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5142 5143 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5144 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5145 /// 5146 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5147 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5148 /// 5149 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5150 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5151 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5152 5153 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5154 /// diagnose the error. 5155 /// 5156 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5157 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5158 /// 5159 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5160 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5161 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5162 5163 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5164 /// diagnose the error. 5165 /// 5166 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5167 /// 5168 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5169 /// parameter packs. 5170 /// 5171 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5172 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5173 TemplateName Template, 5174 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5175 5176 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5177 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5178 /// 5179 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5180 /// parameter packs. 5181 /// 5182 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5183 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5184 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5185 5186 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5187 /// template argument. 5188 /// 5189 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5190 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5191 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5192 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5193 5194 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5195 /// template argument. 5196 /// 5197 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5198 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5199 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5200 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5201 5202 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5203 /// type. 5204 /// 5205 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5206 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5207 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5208 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5209 5210 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5211 /// type. 5212 /// 5213 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5214 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5215 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5216 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5217 5218 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5219 /// nested-name-specifier. 5220 /// 5221 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5222 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5223 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5224 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5225 5226 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5227 /// name. 5228 /// 5229 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5230 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5231 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5232 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5233 5234 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5235 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5236 /// 5237 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5238 /// may already be invalid. 5239 /// 5240 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5241 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5242 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5243 5244 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5245 /// creates a pack expansion. 5246 /// 5247 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5248 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5249 /// 5250 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5251 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5252 5253 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5254 /// expansion. 5255 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5256 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5257 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5258 5259 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5260 /// expansion. 5261 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5262 SourceRange PatternRange, 5263 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5264 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5265 5266 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5267 /// creates a pack expansion. 5268 /// 5269 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5270 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5271 /// 5272 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5273 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5274 5275 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5276 /// creates a pack expansion. 5277 /// 5278 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5279 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5280 /// 5281 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5282 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5283 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5284 5285 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5286 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5287 /// transforming the pattern. 5288 /// 5289 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5290 /// pack expansion. 5291 /// 5292 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5293 /// the pack expansion. 5294 /// 5295 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5296 /// pattern. 5297 /// 5298 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5299 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5300 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5301 /// 5302 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5303 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5304 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5305 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5306 /// 5307 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5308 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5309 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5310 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5311 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5312 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5313 /// set this value in other cases. 5314 /// 5315 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5316 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5317 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5318 /// must be set. 5319 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5320 SourceRange PatternRange, 5321 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5322 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5323 bool &ShouldExpand, 5324 bool &RetainExpansion, 5325 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5326 5327 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5328 /// type. 5329 /// 5330 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5331 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5332 /// 5333 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5334 llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5335 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5336 5337 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5338 /// parameter packs. 5339 /// 5340 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5341 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5342 /// 5343 /// \code 5344 /// void f(T...); 5345 /// \endcode 5346 /// 5347 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5348 /// a variadic function. 5349 /// 5350 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5351 /// false otherwise. 5352 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5353 5354 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5355 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5356 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5357 5358 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5359 /// 5360 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5361 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5362 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5363 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5364 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5365 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5366 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5367 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5368 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5369 TDK_Success = 0, 5370 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5371 TDK_Invalid, 5372 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5373 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5374 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5375 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5376 /// for every template parameter. 5377 TDK_Incomplete, 5378 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5379 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5380 TDK_Inconsistent, 5381 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5382 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5383 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5384 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5385 TDK_Underqualified, 5386 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5387 /// resulted in an error. 5388 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5389 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5390 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5391 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5392 /// arguments provided. 5393 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5394 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5395 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5396 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5397 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5398 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5399 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5400 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5401 /// template arguments for the given template. 5402 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5403 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5404 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5405 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5406 }; 5407 5408 TemplateDeductionResult 5409 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5410 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5411 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5412 5413 TemplateDeductionResult 5414 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5415 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5416 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5417 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5418 QualType *FunctionType, 5419 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5420 5421 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5422 // deduction for a call. 5423 struct OriginalCallArg { 5424 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5425 unsigned ArgIdx, 5426 QualType OriginalArgType) 5427 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5428 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5429 5430 QualType OriginalParamType; 5431 unsigned ArgIdx; 5432 QualType OriginalArgType; 5433 }; 5434 5435 TemplateDeductionResult 5436 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5437 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5438 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5439 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5440 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5441 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5442 5443 TemplateDeductionResult 5444 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5445 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5446 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5447 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5448 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5449 5450 TemplateDeductionResult 5451 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5452 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5453 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5454 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5455 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5456 5457 TemplateDeductionResult 5458 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5459 QualType ToType, 5460 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5461 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5462 5463 TemplateDeductionResult 5464 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5465 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5466 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5467 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5468 5469 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5470 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5471 DAR_Succeeded, 5472 DAR_Failed, 5473 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5474 }; 5475 5476 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5477 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5478 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5479 5480 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5481 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5482 SourceLocation Loc, 5483 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5484 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5485 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5486 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5487 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5488 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5489 SourceLocation Loc, 5490 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5491 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5492 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5493 bool Complain = true, 5494 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5495 5496 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5497 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5498 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5499 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5500 SourceLocation Loc); 5501 5502 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5503 bool OnlyDeduced, 5504 unsigned Depth, 5505 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5506 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5507 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5508 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5509 } 5510 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5511 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5512 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5513 5514 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5515 // C++ Template Instantiation 5516 // 5517 5518 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5519 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5520 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5521 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5522 5523 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5524 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5525 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5526 enum InstantiationKind { 5527 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5528 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5529 TemplateInstantiation, 5530 5531 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5532 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5533 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5534 /// arguments as specified. 5535 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5536 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5537 5538 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5539 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5540 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5541 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5542 5543 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5544 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5545 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5546 5547 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5548 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5549 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5550 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5551 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5552 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5553 5554 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5555 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5556 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5557 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5558 5559 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5560 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5561 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5562 5563 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5564 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5565 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5566 } Kind; 5567 5568 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5569 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5570 5571 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5572 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5573 /// arguments. 5574 NamedDecl *Template; 5575 5576 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5577 Decl *Entity; 5578 5579 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5580 /// are not part of the entity. 5581 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5582 5583 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5584 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5585 5586 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5587 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5588 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5589 5590 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5591 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5592 /// template instantiation. 5593 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5594 5595 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5596 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5597 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5598 5599 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5600 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5601 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5602 5603 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5604 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5605 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5606 return false; 5607 5608 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5609 return false; 5610 5611 switch (X.Kind) { 5612 case TemplateInstantiation: 5613 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5614 return true; 5615 5616 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5617 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5618 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5619 return false; 5620 5621 // Fall through 5622 5623 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5624 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5625 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5626 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5627 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5628 5629 } 5630 5631 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5632 } 5633 5634 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5635 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5636 return !(X == Y); 5637 } 5638 }; 5639 5640 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5641 /// 5642 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5643 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5644 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5645 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5646 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5647 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5648 5649 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5650 /// template instantiation. 5651 /// 5652 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5653 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5654 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5655 5656 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5657 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5658 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5659 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5660 5661 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5662 /// error or warning was produced. 5663 /// 5664 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5665 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5666 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5667 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5668 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5669 5670 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5671 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5672 /// 5673 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5674 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5675 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5676 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5677 5678 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5679 /// within a \c Sema object. 5680 /// 5681 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5682 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5683 Sema &Self; 5684 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5685 5686 public: 5687 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5688 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5689 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5690 } 5691 5692 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5693 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5694 } 5695 }; 5696 5697 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5698 5699 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5700 /// 5701 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5702 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5703 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5704 5705 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5706 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5707 /// deduction. 5708 /// 5709 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5710 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5711 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5712 5713 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5714 /// instantiation. 5715 /// 5716 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5717 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5718 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5719 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5720 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5721 /// 5722 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5723 /// the stack. 5724 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5725 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5726 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5727 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5728 Decl *Entity, 5729 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5730 5731 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5732 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5733 /// of a function template. 5734 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5735 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5736 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5737 5738 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5739 /// template-id. 5740 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5741 TemplateDecl *Template, 5742 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5743 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5744 5745 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5746 /// template-id. 5747 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5748 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5749 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5750 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5751 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5752 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5753 5754 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5755 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5756 /// specialization. 5757 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5758 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5759 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5760 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5761 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5762 5763 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5764 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5765 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5766 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5767 5768 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5769 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5770 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5771 NamedDecl *Template, 5772 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5773 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5774 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5775 5776 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5777 NamedDecl *Template, 5778 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5779 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5780 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5781 5782 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5783 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5784 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5785 TemplateDecl *Template, 5786 NamedDecl *Param, 5787 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5788 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5789 5790 5791 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5792 void Clear(); 5793 5794 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5795 5796 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5797 /// recursive template instantiations. 5798 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5799 5800 private: 5801 Sema &SemaRef; 5802 bool Invalid; 5803 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5804 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5805 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5806 5807 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5808 5809 InstantiatingTemplate& 5810 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5811 }; 5812 5813 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5814 5815 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5816 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5817 /// errors. 5818 /// 5819 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5820 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5821 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5822 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5823 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5824 5825 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5826 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5827 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5828 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5829 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5830 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5831 } 5832 5833 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5834 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5835 /// deduction.` 5836 class SFINAETrap { 5837 Sema &SemaRef; 5838 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5839 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5840 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5841 5842 public: 5843 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5844 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5845 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5846 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5847 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5848 { 5849 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5850 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5851 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5852 } 5853 5854 ~SFINAETrap() { 5855 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5856 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5857 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5858 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5859 } 5860 5861 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5862 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5863 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5864 } 5865 }; 5866 5867 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5868 /// variables. 5869 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5870 5871 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5872 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5873 5874 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5875 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5876 5877 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5878 /// name lookup. 5879 /// 5880 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5881 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5882 /// string represents a keyword. 5883 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5884 5885 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5886 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5887 5888 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5889 /// 5890 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5891 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5892 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5893 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5894 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5895 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5896 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5897 5898 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5899 /// but have not yet been performed. 5900 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5901 5902 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5903 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5904 /// 5905 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5906 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5907 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5908 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5909 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5910 5911 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5912 5913 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5914 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5915 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5916 5917 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5918 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5919 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5920 5921 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5922 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5923 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5924 5925 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5926 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5927 SourceLocation Loc, 5928 DeclarationName Entity, 5929 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5930 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5931 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5932 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5933 int indexAdjustment, 5934 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5935 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5936 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5937 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5938 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5939 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5940 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5941 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5942 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5943 5944 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5945 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5946 /// 5947 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5948 /// 5949 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5950 /// 5951 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5952 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5953 /// 5954 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5955 /// 5956 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5957 /// 5958 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5959 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5960 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5961 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5962 5963 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5964 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5965 5966 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5967 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5968 5969 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5970 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5971 bool CXXDirectInit); 5972 5973 bool 5974 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5975 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5976 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5977 5978 bool 5979 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5980 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5981 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5982 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5983 bool Complain = true); 5984 5985 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5986 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5987 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5988 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5989 5990 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5991 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5992 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5993 Decl *NewDecl; 5994 5995 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5996 Decl *D) 5997 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5998 { } 5999 }; 6000 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6001 6002 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6003 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6004 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6005 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6006 6007 bool 6008 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6009 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6010 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6011 bool Complain = true); 6012 6013 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6014 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6015 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6016 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6017 6018 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6019 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6020 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6021 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6022 6023 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6024 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6025 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6026 6027 DeclarationNameInfo 6028 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6029 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6030 TemplateName 6031 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6032 SourceLocation Loc, 6033 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6034 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6035 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6036 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6037 6038 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6039 FunctionDecl *Function); 6040 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6041 FunctionDecl *Function, 6042 bool Recursive = false, 6043 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6044 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6045 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6046 VarDecl *Var, 6047 bool Recursive = false, 6048 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6049 6050 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6051 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6052 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6053 6054 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6055 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6056 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6057 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6058 6059 // Objective-C declarations. 6060 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6061 OCK_None = -1, 6062 OCK_Interface = 0, 6063 OCK_Protocol, 6064 OCK_Category, 6065 OCK_ClassExtension, 6066 OCK_Implementation, 6067 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6068 }; 6069 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6070 6071 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6072 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6073 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6074 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6075 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6076 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6077 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6078 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6079 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6080 AttributeList *AttrList); 6081 6082 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6083 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6084 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6085 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6086 6087 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6088 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6089 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6090 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6091 6092 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6093 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6094 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6095 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6096 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6097 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6098 AttributeList *AttrList); 6099 6100 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6101 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6102 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6103 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6104 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6105 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6106 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6107 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6108 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6109 6110 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6111 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6112 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6113 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6114 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6115 6116 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6117 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6118 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6119 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6120 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6121 6122 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6123 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6124 6125 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6126 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6127 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6128 unsigned NumElts); 6129 6130 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6131 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6132 unsigned NumElts, 6133 AttributeList *attrList); 6134 6135 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6136 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6137 unsigned NumProtocols, 6138 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6139 6140 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6141 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6142 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6143 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6144 SourceLocation Loc, 6145 unsigned &Attributes, 6146 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6147 6148 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6149 /// setters and getters as needed. 6150 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6151 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6152 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6153 /// in class extension. 6154 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6155 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6156 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6157 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6158 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6159 6160 6161 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6162 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6163 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6164 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6165 6166 6167 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6168 6169 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6170 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6171 6172 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6173 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6174 6175 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6176 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6177 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6178 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6179 6180 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6181 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6182 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6183 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6184 bool *OverridingProperty, 6185 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6186 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6187 6188 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6189 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6190 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6191 bool ImplKind, 6192 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6193 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6194 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6195 6196 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6197 OSMK_None, 6198 OSMK_Alloc, 6199 OSMK_New, 6200 OSMK_Copy, 6201 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6202 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6203 }; 6204 6205 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6206 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6207 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6208 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6209 // in this case. 6210 ParsedType Type; 6211 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6212 6213 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6214 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6215 }; 6216 6217 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6218 Scope *S, 6219 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6220 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6221 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6222 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6223 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6224 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6225 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6226 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6227 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6228 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6229 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6230 6231 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6232 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6233 bool IsInstance); 6234 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6235 bool IsInstance); 6236 6237 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6238 6239 ExprResult 6240 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6241 Expr *BaseExpr, 6242 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6243 DeclarationName MemberName, 6244 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6245 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6246 bool Super); 6247 6248 ExprResult 6249 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6250 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6251 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6252 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6253 6254 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6255 6256 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6257 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6258 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6259 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6260 ObjCSuperMessage, 6261 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6262 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6263 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6264 /// name. 6265 ObjCClassMessage 6266 }; 6267 6268 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6269 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6270 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6271 bool IsSuper, 6272 bool HasTrailingDot, 6273 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6274 6275 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6276 Selector Sel, 6277 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6278 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6279 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6280 MultiExprArg Args); 6281 6282 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6283 QualType ReceiverType, 6284 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6285 Selector Sel, 6286 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6287 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6288 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6289 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6290 MultiExprArg Args, 6291 bool isImplicit = false); 6292 6293 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6294 bool isSuperReceiver, 6295 SourceLocation Loc, 6296 Selector Sel, 6297 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6298 MultiExprArg Args); 6299 6300 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6301 ParsedType Receiver, 6302 Selector Sel, 6303 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6304 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6305 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6306 MultiExprArg Args); 6307 6308 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6309 QualType ReceiverType, 6310 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6311 Selector Sel, 6312 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6313 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6314 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6315 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6316 MultiExprArg Args, 6317 bool isImplicit = false); 6318 6319 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6320 QualType ReceiverType, 6321 SourceLocation Loc, 6322 Selector Sel, 6323 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6324 MultiExprArg Args); 6325 6326 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6327 Expr *Receiver, 6328 Selector Sel, 6329 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6330 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6331 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6332 MultiExprArg Args); 6333 6334 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6335 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6336 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6337 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6338 Expr *SubExpr); 6339 6340 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6341 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6342 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6343 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6344 ParsedType Type, 6345 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6346 Expr *SubExpr); 6347 6348 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6349 6350 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6351 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6352 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6353 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6354 bool IsImplementation); 6355 6356 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6357 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6358 RTC_Compatible, 6359 RTC_Incompatible, 6360 RTC_Unknown 6361 }; 6362 6363 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6364 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6365 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6366 6367 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6368 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6369 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6370 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6371 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6372 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6373 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6374 }; 6375 6376 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6377 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6378 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6379 6380 enum PragmaPackKind { 6381 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6382 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6383 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6384 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6385 }; 6386 6387 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6388 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6389 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6390 }; 6391 6392 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6393 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6394 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6395 Expr *Alignment, 6396 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6397 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6398 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6399 6400 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6401 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6402 6403 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6404 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6405 Scope *curScope, 6406 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6407 6408 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6409 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6410 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6411 6412 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6413 SourceLocation Loc); 6414 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6415 6416 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6417 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6418 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6419 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6420 6421 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6422 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6423 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6424 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6425 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6426 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6427 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6428 6429 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6430 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6431 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6432 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6433 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6434 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6435 6436 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6437 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6438 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6439 6440 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6441 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6442 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6443 6444 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6445 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6446 6447 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6448 void FreePackedContext(); 6449 6450 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6451 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6452 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6453 SourceLocation Loc); 6454 6455 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6456 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6457 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6458 6459 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6460 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6461 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6462 6463 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6464 void FreeVisContext(); 6465 6466 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6467 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6468 /// the appropriate attribute. 6469 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6470 6471 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6472 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6473 bool isDeclSpec); 6474 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6475 bool isDeclSpec); 6476 6477 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6478 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6479 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6480 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6481 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6482 CCK_CStyleCast, 6483 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6484 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6485 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6486 CCK_OtherCast 6487 }; 6488 6489 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6490 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6491 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6492 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6493 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6494 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6495 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6496 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6497 6498 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6499 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6500 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6501 6502 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6503 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6504 /// required. 6505 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6506 6507 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6508 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6509 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6510 6511 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6512 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6513 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6514 6515 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6516 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6517 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6518 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6519 6520 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6521 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6522 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6523 // type. 6524 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6525 6526 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6527 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6528 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6529 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6530 6531 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6532 enum VariadicCallType { 6533 VariadicFunction, 6534 VariadicBlock, 6535 VariadicMethod, 6536 VariadicConstructor, 6537 VariadicDoesNotApply 6538 }; 6539 6540 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6541 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6542 Expr *Fn); 6543 6544 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6545 // vararg function. 6546 enum VarArgKind { 6547 VAK_Valid, 6548 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6549 VAK_Invalid 6550 }; 6551 6552 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6553 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6554 6555 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6556 /// form of call prototypes. 6557 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6558 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6559 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6560 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6561 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6562 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6563 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6564 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6565 6566 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6567 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6568 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6569 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6570 6571 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6572 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6573 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6574 6575 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6576 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6577 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6578 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6579 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6580 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6581 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6582 6583 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6584 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6585 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6586 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6587 /// source and destination type. 6588 enum AssignConvertType { 6589 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6590 Compatible, 6591 6592 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6593 /// accept as an extension. 6594 PointerToInt, 6595 6596 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6597 /// accept as an extension. 6598 IntToPointer, 6599 6600 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6601 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6602 FunctionVoidPointer, 6603 6604 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6605 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6606 IncompatiblePointer, 6607 6608 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6609 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6610 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6611 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6612 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6613 6614 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6615 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6616 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6617 6618 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6619 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6620 /// like address spaces. 6621 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6622 6623 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6624 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6625 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6626 /// extension. 6627 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6628 6629 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6630 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6631 IncompatibleVectors, 6632 6633 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6634 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6635 IntToBlockPointer, 6636 6637 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6638 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6639 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6640 6641 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6642 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6643 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6644 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6645 6646 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6647 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6648 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6649 6650 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6651 /// represent it in the AST. 6652 Incompatible 6653 }; 6654 6655 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6656 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6657 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6658 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6659 SourceLocation Loc, 6660 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6661 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6662 bool *Complained = 0); 6663 6664 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6665 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6666 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6667 Expr *SrcExpr); 6668 6669 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6670 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6671 /// C99 6.5.16. 6672 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6673 QualType LHSType, 6674 QualType RHSType); 6675 6676 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6677 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6678 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6679 ExprResult &RHS, 6680 CastKind &Kind); 6681 6682 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6683 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6684 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6685 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6686 ExprResult &RHS, 6687 bool Diagnose = true); 6688 6689 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6690 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6691 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6692 ExprResult &RHS); 6693 6694 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6695 6696 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6697 6698 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6699 AssignmentAction Action, 6700 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6701 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6702 AssignmentAction Action, 6703 bool AllowExplicit, 6704 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6705 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6706 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6707 AssignmentAction Action, 6708 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6709 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6710 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6711 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6712 AssignmentAction Action, 6713 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6714 6715 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6716 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6717 6718 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6719 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6720 ExprResult &RHS); 6721 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6722 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6723 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6724 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6725 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6726 bool IsDivide); 6727 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6728 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6729 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6730 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6731 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6732 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6733 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6734 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6735 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6736 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6737 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6738 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6739 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6740 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6741 bool isRelational); 6742 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6743 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6744 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6745 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6746 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6747 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6748 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6749 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6750 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6751 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6752 6753 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6754 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6755 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6756 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6757 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6758 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6759 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6760 6761 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6762 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6763 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6764 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6765 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6766 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6767 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6768 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6769 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6770 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6771 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6772 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6773 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6774 NonStandardCompositeType); 6775 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6776 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6777 return Composite; 6778 } 6779 6780 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6781 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6782 6783 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6784 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6785 6786 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6787 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6788 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6789 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6790 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6791 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6792 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6793 SourceLocation Loc); 6794 6795 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6796 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6797 6798 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6799 6800 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6801 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6802 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6803 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6804 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6805 /// reference binding is not possible. 6806 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6807 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6808 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6809 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6810 Ref_Related, 6811 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6812 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6813 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6814 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6815 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6816 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6817 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6818 Ref_Compatible 6819 }; 6820 6821 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6822 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6823 bool &DerivedToBase, 6824 bool &ObjCConversion, 6825 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6826 6827 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6828 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6829 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6830 6831 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6832 /// given type. 6833 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6834 6835 /// \brief Handle an expression that's being passed to an 6836 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6837 /// 6838 /// \return the effective parameter type to use, or null if the 6839 /// argument is invalid. 6840 QualType checkUnknownAnyArg(Expr *&result); 6841 6842 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6843 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6844 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6845 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6846 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6847 CastKind &Kind); 6848 6849 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6850 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6851 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6852 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6853 // returns the cast expr 6854 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6855 CastKind &Kind); 6856 6857 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6858 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6859 Expr *CastExpr, 6860 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6861 6862 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6863 6864 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6865 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6866 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6867 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6868 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6869 6870 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6871 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6872 6873 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6874 QualType ExprType); 6875 6876 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6877 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6878 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6879 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6880 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 6881 6882 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6883 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6884 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6885 6886 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6887 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6888 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6889 6890 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6891 /// \param Method - May be null. 6892 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6893 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6894 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6895 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6896 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6897 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6898 bool isSuperMessage, 6899 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6900 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6901 6902 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6903 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6904 /// and the form of the message send. 6905 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6906 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6907 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6908 6909 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6910 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6911 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6912 6913 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6914 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6915 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6916 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6917 /// 6918 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6919 /// 'if' keyword. 6920 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6921 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6922 6923 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6924 Expr *SubExpr); 6925 6926 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6927 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6928 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6929 6930 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6931 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6932 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6933 6934 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6935 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6936 6937 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6938 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6939 /// the specified diagnostic. 6940 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6941 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6942 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6943 6944 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6945 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6946 /// in the global scope. 6947 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6948 6949 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6950 /// expression violations. 6951 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6952 public: 6953 bool Suppress; 6954 6955 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6956 6957 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6958 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6959 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6960 }; 6961 6962 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6963 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6964 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6965 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6966 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6967 bool AllowFold = true); 6968 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6969 unsigned DiagID, 6970 bool AllowFold = true); 6971 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6972 6973 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6974 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6975 /// Returns false on success. 6976 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6977 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6978 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6979 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6980 6981 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6982 CFT_Device, 6983 CFT_Global, 6984 CFT_Host, 6985 CFT_HostDevice 6986 }; 6987 6988 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6989 6990 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6991 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6992 6993 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6994 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6995 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6996 } 6997 6998 /// \name Code completion 6999 //@{ 7000 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7001 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7002 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7003 PCC_Namespace, 7004 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7005 PCC_Class, 7006 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7007 /// or category. 7008 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7009 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7010 /// category implementation 7011 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7012 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7013 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7014 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7015 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7016 /// headers. 7017 PCC_Template, 7018 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7019 /// headers within a class. 7020 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7021 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7022 PCC_Expression, 7023 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7024 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7025 PCC_Statement, 7026 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7027 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7028 PCC_ForInit, 7029 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7030 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7031 PCC_Condition, 7032 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7033 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7034 /// in the grammar. 7035 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7036 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7037 PCC_Type, 7038 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7039 /// might also be a type cast. 7040 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7041 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7042 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7043 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7044 }; 7045 7046 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7047 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7048 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7049 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7050 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7051 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7052 7053 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7054 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7055 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7056 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7057 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7058 bool IsArrow); 7059 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7060 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7061 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7062 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7063 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7064 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7065 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7066 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7067 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7068 7069 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7070 bool EnteringContext); 7071 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7072 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7073 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7074 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7075 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7076 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7077 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7078 unsigned NumInitializers); 7079 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7080 bool AfterAmpersand); 7081 7082 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7083 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7084 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7085 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7086 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7087 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7088 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7089 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7090 bool IsParameter); 7091 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7092 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7093 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7094 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7095 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7096 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7097 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7098 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7099 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7100 bool IsSuper = false); 7101 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7102 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7103 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7104 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7105 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7106 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7107 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7108 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7109 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7110 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7111 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7112 unsigned NumProtocols); 7113 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7114 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7115 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7116 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7117 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7118 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7119 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7120 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7121 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7122 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7123 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7124 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7125 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7126 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7127 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7128 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7129 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7130 ParsedType ReturnType); 7131 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7132 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7133 bool AtParameterName, 7134 ParsedType ReturnType, 7135 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7136 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7137 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7138 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7139 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7140 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7141 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7142 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7143 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7144 unsigned Argument); 7145 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7146 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7147 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7148 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7149 //@} 7150 7151 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7152 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7153 7154public: 7155 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7156 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7157 7158private: 7159 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7160 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7161 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7162 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7163 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7164 // FunctionDeclaration. 7165 struct FormatStringInfo { 7166 unsigned FormatIdx; 7167 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7168 bool HasVAListArg; 7169 }; 7170 7171 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7172 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7173 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7174 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7175 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7176 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7177 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7178 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7179 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7180 Expr **Args, 7181 unsigned NumArgs, 7182 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7183 SourceLocation Loc); 7184 7185 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7186 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7187 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7188 VariadicCallType CallType); 7189 7190 7191 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7192 7193 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7194 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7195 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7196 7197 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7198 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7199 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7200 7201public: 7202 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7203 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7204 7205private: 7206 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7207 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7208 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7209 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7210 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7211 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7212 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7213 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7214 7215 enum FormatStringType { 7216 FST_Scanf, 7217 FST_Printf, 7218 FST_NSString, 7219 FST_Strftime, 7220 FST_Strfmon, 7221 FST_Kprintf, 7222 FST_Unknown 7223 }; 7224 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7225 7226 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7227 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7228 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7229 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7230 }; 7231 7232 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7233 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7234 bool HasVAListArg, 7235 unsigned format_idx, 7236 unsigned firstDataArg, 7237 FormatStringType Type, 7238 VariadicCallType CallType, 7239 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7240 7241 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7242 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7243 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7244 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7245 VariadicCallType CallType); 7246 7247 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7248 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7249 VariadicCallType CallType, 7250 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7251 bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7252 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7253 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7254 VariadicCallType CallType, 7255 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7256 7257 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7258 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7259 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7260 7261 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7262 unsigned BId, 7263 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7264 7265 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7266 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7267 7268 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7269 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7270 7271 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7272 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7273 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7274 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7275 7276 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7277 Expr *Init); 7278 7279public: 7280 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7281 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7282 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7283 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7284 7285 struct TypeTagData { 7286 TypeTagData() {} 7287 7288 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7289 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7290 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7291 {} 7292 7293 QualType Type; 7294 7295 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7296 /// layout-compatibility. 7297 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7298 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7299 }; 7300 7301 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7302 /// identifies the magic value. 7303 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7304 7305private: 7306 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7307 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7308 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7309 7310 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7311 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7312 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7313 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7314 7315 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7316 /// 7317 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7318 Scope *CurScope; 7319 7320protected: 7321 friend class Parser; 7322 friend class InitializationSequence; 7323 friend class ASTReader; 7324 friend class ASTWriter; 7325 7326public: 7327 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7328 /// 7329 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7330 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7331 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7332 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7333 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7334 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7335 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7336 7337 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7338 7339 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7340 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7341 } 7342 7343 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7344 7345 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7346 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7347 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7348 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7349 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7350 return DC; 7351 } 7352}; 7353 7354/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7355class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7356 Sema &Actions; 7357 7358public: 7359 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7360 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7361 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7362 bool IsDecltype = false) 7363 : Actions(Actions) { 7364 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7365 IsDecltype); 7366 } 7367 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7368 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7369 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7370 bool IsDecltype = false) 7371 : Actions(Actions) { 7372 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7373 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7374 IsDecltype); 7375 } 7376 7377 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7378 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7379 } 7380}; 7381 7382} // end namespace clang 7383 7384#endif 7385